Open Gym

Name
Days
Location
LEHI Open Gym Tuesday July 23rd (Ages 6+)
160 spots left
Open Gym is available to any athlete looking to work on their tumbling without any coaching, training or instruction other than in the safe use of our facilities!
Athletes can come and work at their own pace and use the mats provided in the gym, After use of any mats we ask that you put them away before exiting the building.
Front desk staff is the only "coach" in the gym at this time!
Tuesday
8:45 PM to 11:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Open Gym Friday July 26th (Ages 6+)
175 spots left
Open Gym is available to any athlete looking to work on their tumbling without any coaching, training or instruction other than in the safe use of our facilities!
Athletes can come and work at their own pace and use the mats provided in the gym, After use of any mats we ask that you put them away before exiting the building.
Front desk staff is the only "coach" in the gym at this time!
Friday
6:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LINDON Open Gym Monday July 29th (Ages 6+)
175 spots left
Open Gym is available to any athlete looking to work on their tumbling without any coaching, training or instruction other than in the safe use of our facilities!
Athletes can come and work at their own pace and use the mats provided in the gym, After use of any mats we ask that you put them away before exiting the building.
Front desk staff is the only "coach" in the gym at this time!
Monday
8:15 PM to 11:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Open Gym Wednesday July 31st (Ages 6+)
172 spots left
Open Gym is available to any athlete looking to work on their tumbling without any coaching, training or instruction other than in the safe use of our facilities!
Athletes can come and work at their own pace and use the mats provided in the gym, After use of any mats we ask that you put them away before exiting the building.
Front desk staff is the only "coach" in the gym at this time!
Wednesday
8:15 PM to 11:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Open Gym Thursday August 1st (Ages 6+)
175 spots left
Open Gym is available to any athlete looking to work on their tumbling without any coaching, training or instruction other than in the safe use of our facilities!
Athletes can come and work at their own pace and use the mats provided in the gym, After use of any mats we ask that you put them away before exiting the building.
Front desk staff is the only "coach" in the gym at this time!
Thursday
6:45 PM to 9:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Open Gym Saturday July 20th (Ages 6+)
160 spots left
Open Gym is available to any athlete looking to work on their tumbling without any coaching, training or instruction other than in the safe use of our facilities!
Athletes can come and work at their own pace and use the mats provided in the gym, After use of any mats we ask that you put them away before exiting the building.
Front desk staff is the only "coach" in the gym at this time!
Saturday
11:00 AM to 2:00 PM
Lindon

Teams

Name
Days
Location
Skyridge Drill Team Tumbling
This class is full
FRIDAYS 10:45-11:45 AM: LEHI LOCATION
SKYRIDGE DRILL TEAM TUMBLING- (June 14th, July 19th, July 26th, August 2nd, August 9th)
Friday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
Springville Drill Team
30 spots left
This class will take place Mondays July 9,15,22,29
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
Orem High School Cheer Team
This class is full
Tuesdays- LINDON LOCATION (632 N 2000 W suite 105, Lindon, UT 84042)
June 4,11,18,25 July 2,9,16,23,30 (10:45-11:45 AM)
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
Lone Peak Drill Team: Wednesdays 9:30-10:30
18 spots left
LONE PEAK DRILL TEAM: 9:30-10:30 AM
JUMPS- (June 5,12,19, July 10)
TUMBLING- (July 17, 26, August 7, 14)
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
Lone Peak Drill Team: Wednesdays 10:45-11:45
18 spots left
LONE PEAK DRILL TEAM: 10:45-11:45 AM
TUMBLING- (June 5,12,19, July 10)
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
Westlake High School Cheer Team
2 spots left
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
Westlake High School Cheer Team Group 1 Stunting
19 spots left
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
Westlake High School Cheer Team Group 1 Tumbling
19 spots left
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
Westlake High School Cheer Team Group 2 Stunting
22 spots left
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
Westlake High School Cheer Team Group 2 Tumbling
22 spots left
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
Saratoga Youth Cheer Stunt Clinic- STORM
This class is full
Friday: Stunt Clinic 6:00-9:00 PM

Please bring water and CHEER shoes! Wear all black (or dark colors). Hair pulled back!!
Friday
6:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
Saratoga Youth Cheer Stunt Clinic- TINY TORNADOS
This class is full
Saturday: Stunt Clinic 9:00- 11:00 AM

Please bring water and CHEER shoes! Wear all black (or dark colors). Hair pulled back!!
Saturday
9:00 AM to 12:00 AM
Lindon
Saratoga Youth Cheer Stunt Clinic- LADY LIGHTNING
This class is full
Saturday: Stunt Clinic 1:00 PM- 5:00 PM

Please bring a lunch, water, and cheer shoes! Wear all black (or dark colors). Hair pulled back!!
Saturday
1:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lindon

LEHI SUMMER CLASSES

Name
Days
Location
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
This class is full
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-11)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Cheer Flexibility (Ages 9+)
3 spots left
Get ready to elevate your cheer game with our Flexibility Class designed exclusively for cheerleaders! In this dynamic and targeted class, you'll focus on enhancing your range of motion, improving your jumps and kicks and more! Whether you're aiming for higher jumps, flawless splits, or perfecting your toe touches, this class will empower you to reach new heights in your cheerleading journey. Join us and unleash your full potential on the mat and on the sidelines!
Monday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Partner Stunting for BASES (Ages 15+)
7 spots left
OUR BASE CLASS IS BACK!!

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Open to all levels!
This is for those wanting to learn to BASE Partner Stunts.


Monday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7) Group 1
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7) Group 2
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
Lehi Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6+)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.


​

Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 4/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
**New Format** Welcome to our Parkour 4/ Intro to Tricking Hybrid Class!
Athletes will get the opportunity to keep refining their Parkour skills while also diving into a fresh style of movement that mixes Tumbling, Parkour, Break Dancing, and more!

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision, & More!
Tuesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
1 spot left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




​

Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Advanced Jumps & Leaps Strengthening (Ages 8+)
13 spots left
COME JUMP WITH US THIS SUMMER!
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Side Leap, Split Leap, Tilt Jump.

Skills Taught: Switch Side Leap, 540 Jump, Spinning Disc, Switch Arabesque, Switch Tilt, Spinning C-Jump, Backwards Hook Jump, Knee Drop Jump, Axel Knee Drop, Turning Split Jumps & More!
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
3 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 4 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Cheer Flexibility (Ages 9+)
3 spots left
Get ready to elevate your cheer game with our Flexibility Class designed exclusively for cheerleaders! In this dynamic and targeted class, you'll focus on enhancing your range of motion, improving your jumps and kicks and more! Whether you're aiming for higher jumps, flawless splits, or perfecting your toe touches, this class will empower you to reach new heights in your cheerleading journey. Join us and unleash your full potential on the mat and on the sidelines!
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
This class is full
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Wednesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer Foundations (Ages 11+)
13 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 2 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thusday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
6 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Intro to Acro (Ages 9+)
8 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
11 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




​

Thursday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Thursday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
2:45 PM to 3:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Thursday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.


​

Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
2 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
Lehi Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lehi
Lehi Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
3 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Cheer Jumps (Ages 10+)
10 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Parkour 1 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Side Aerials (Ages 8+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Friday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Acro 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Friday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 2 (Ages 6-12)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI FRIDAY Intro to Tricking (Ages 7+) **NEW FORMAT**
5 spots left
**New Format** Dive into Tricking: Introductory Class!
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking Class!
Athletes both male and female, aged 7 and above, are welcome!

Are you ready to embark on an exhilarating journey into the world of Tricking? This class is tailored for athletes who are new to parkour and/or tumbling movements, offering a structured path to advance to Tricking Level 1. We will focus on progressions that build to back flips, front flips and many other kicks and tricks!

Expect expert instruction, a supportive atmosphere, and plenty of fun as you dive into the exciting world of Tricking!
Friday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Friday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Friday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI FRIDAY Tricking 1
4 spots left
Dive into Tricking: Introductory Class!
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking 1 Class!
Athletes both male and female, aged 7 and above, are welcome!
Friday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lehi

LINDON SUMMER CLASSES

Name
Days
Location
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 4 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
3 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Monday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Monday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
16 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




​

Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON MONDAY Cheer Foundations (Ages 11+)
15 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
6 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 5 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kash Vault, Double Kong, Kip Up, Illusion Roll, Inward 360 Dive Roll, Back Flip, Front Flip, Wall Spin, Coffee Grinder Thief Combo, 360 Precision.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
360 Dive Roll (suicide roll), Palm Flip, Wall Flip, Side Flip, Jonah, Gaet Flip, Cast Away, Front Flip Precision, Back Full.
Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Monday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.


​

Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 4 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 7-14)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 5-7)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
5 spots left
**New Class Type for Summer 2024! NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Foundations (Ages 7-10)
14 spots left
This is the perfect class to get a taste of ALL THINGS CHEER! Members of this class will work similar to a team and progress in Jumps, Stunting, Motions, Routines and Tumbling.

**We WILL NOT be working on Tumbling in this class so we HIGHLY recommend taking a Tumbling class so your athlete can keep progressing in all areas of Cheer!**

Prerequisites: No Experience Required. Cheer Shoes Needed. (Can order on Amazon)
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
1 spot left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Jumps (Ages 7-13)
7 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6+)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-10)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7) Group 1
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7) Group 2
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Tuesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Partner Stunting Foundations (Ages 7+)
9 spots left
Introducing our new Partner Stunting Foundations Class! Ages 7+ (NO EXPERIENCE REQUIRED)

Athletes will work on Flexibility, Conditioning, Body Positions, Partner Stunting Terminology and MORE!
Perfect for beginners, this class offers a great starting point for those interested in trying out Partner Stunting.

If you're on a waiting list for Beginning Level Partner Stunting, this class is great class to join in the meantime.
It's important to note, this class is geared towards Partner Stunting opposed to Group Stunting.


Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
4:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
8 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Cheer Flexibility (Ages 9+)
3 spots left
Get ready to elevate your cheer game with our Flexibility Class designed exclusively for cheerleaders! In this dynamic and targeted class, you'll focus on enhancing your range of motion, improving your jumps and kicks and more! Whether you're aiming for higher jumps, flawless splits, or perfecting your toe touches, this class will empower you to reach new heights in your cheerleading journey. Join us and unleash your full potential on the mat and on the sidelines!
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
1 spot left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-10)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
15 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




​

Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Front Aerials & Acro Combos (Ages 7+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Front Aerials & Acro Combos! (Ages 7+)
**If an athlete already has their good side front aerial, they could join this class and work on opposite side if the'd like!**


Prerequisites: Solid Side Aerial, Solid Straight Leg Front Walkover
In this class athletes will work on mastering their Front Aerials and will also get the opportunity to work on new, fun and challenging Acro Combos!

​

Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6-11)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Tucks (Ages 10+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Wednesday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 3 (Ages 6+)
3 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.


​

Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 8+)
This class is full
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings!
This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-7)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
Lindon Wednesday Advanced Jumps & Leaps Strengthening (Ages 8+)
11 spots left
COME JUMP WITH US THIS SUMMER!
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Side Leap, Split Leap, Tilt Jump.

Skills Taught: Switch Side Leap, 540 Jump, Spinning Disc, Switch Arabesque, Switch Tilt, Spinning C-Jump, Backwards Hook Jump, Knee Drop Jump, Axel Knee Drop, Turning Split Jumps & More!
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
1:00 PM to 2:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Cheer Jumps (Ages 10+)
9 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Cheer Jumps (Ages 7-13)
8 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:00 PM to 6:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Partner Stunting Foundations (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
Introducing our new Partner Stunting Foundations Class! Ages 7+ (NO EXPERIENCE REQUIRED)

Athletes will work on Flexibility, Conditioning, Body Positions, Partner Stunting Terminology and MORE!
Perfect for beginners, this class offers a great starting point for those interested in trying out Partner Stunting.

If you're on a waiting list for Beginning Level Partner Stunting, this class is great class to join in the meantime.
It's important to note, this class is geared towards Partner Stunting opposed to Group Stunting.


Wednesday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:00 PM to 7:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+) (Group 1)
2 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+) (Group 2)
3 spots left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Wednesday
7:00 PM to 8:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tuck Variations & Front Tucks!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 5!

Firm Prerequisites: Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring (with a rebound), Solid Standing Tuck.

Athletes will get the opportunity to work on Standing Back Handspring Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Toe Touch Tucks, Cartwheel Tucks, Front Tucks & More!
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-10)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 5/6 (All Ages)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

T5 Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted off of a 2" Panel Mat or Standing Tuck on the Floor, Standing Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Front Walkover Round Off Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck (With a Proper Set), Round Off Back Handspring Tuck (With a Proper Set).

Tumbling 6 Prerequisites:
Prerequisite: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Standing Tuck Unassisted on the floor, Standing Double Handspring to a Tuck, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Layout. (The Layout is one of the most important pass offs for this level it must have a set and a hollow body, no arching or piking.)

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Standing Tuck Variations, Standing Double Back Handspring to a Tuck/ Layout/Full, Round Off Back Handspring Layout/Full, Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring Tuck/Layout/Full, Front Tuck/Front Pike/Front Layout, Front Tuck Step outs into Tucks/Layouts/Fulls, Double Fulls & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.

​


Thursday
10:45 AM to 11:45 AM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-9)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:45 AM to 12:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 4-6)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 6-12)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Summer 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon

Facility Rentals

Name
Days
Location
Tristin's Birthday Party! (Friday July 26th) LEHI Location
14 spots left
Friday
2:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
AF 9th Grade Cheer Team Practice August 13th (7-9 AM) Lindon Location
25 spots left
Tuesday
7:00 AM to 9:00 AM
Lindon
2 Hour Breakdancing Camp with BREAKING CIRCLES!! (Lindon Location)
8 spots left
BREAKING CIRCLES IS COMING TO DTA! (Ages 7-12)

Join us for an unforgettable experience with their master teachers, who bring years of expertise and passion to the art of breakdancing!

Date: Wednesday, July 10th
Time: 3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
Location: Lindon

Breaking Circles is renowned for its dedication to preserving and evolving the vibrant culture of breakdancing. With their guidance, your athletes will dive into the rich history and dynamic movements that define this electrifying art form.

Don't miss this incredible opportunity to learn from the best. Mark your calendars and get ready for an amazing time!
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 5:00 PM
Lindon

Fall 2024 LEHI CLICK HERE!

Name
Days
Location
**Before School Class** LEHI Mondays Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Monday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
**Before School Class** LEHI Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 7+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 AM to 9:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:15 AM to 10:15 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
10:15 AM to 11:15 AM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Homeschool PE Class! (Ages 10+)
20 spots left
JOIN OUR FIRST EVER HOMESCHOOL PE CLASS!
Monday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Homeschool PE Class! (Ages 5-9)
19 spots left
JOIN OUR FIRST EVER HOMESCHOOL PE CLASS!
Monday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
2 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 9+)
10 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Mondays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Mondays Tumbling 4 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Mondays Side Aerials (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Monday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED.
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 1 (Ages 6-12)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-4)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
**EVALUATION REQUIRED** LEHI Tuesday Standing Fulls Specialty (Ages 10+)
NEW SPECIALTY CLASS WORKING STANDING FULLS!
Evaluation REQUIRED, email DTATumbling@gmail.com to set up an evaluation today!

FIRM PREREQUISITES: Standing Tuck onto a panel mat (5 layer panel mat), Running Full (RO-BHS-Full or RO-FULL), Standing Double BHS to a Tuck, Standing Open Tuck (Tuck without holding legs), Cartwheel Tuck.

In this class athletes will be working advanced level skills specifically focusing on the Standing Full and its variations. (Standing Full, Cartwheel Full, Standing Double BHS to Full etc.) This is a great option for Cheerleaders, Gymnasts and Tumblers to master the technique of the Standing Full with proper progression in a safe environment. To ensure each athlete is ready to preform such advanced skills they will be required to have a coach evaluation prior to class sign up to make sure they have all of the prerequisites listed above.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Elite Tumbling (All Ages) INVITE ONLY
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Wednesdays Side Aerials (Ages 7+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-5)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Wednesday
2:00 PM to 3:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED.
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Wednesday
2:00 PM to 3:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-13)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Wednesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
7:30 AM to 8:30 AM
Lehi
**Before School** LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-12)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Homeschool PE Class! (Ages 10+)
20 spots left
JOIN OUR FIRST EVER HOMESCHOOL PE CLASS!
Thursday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Homeschool PE Class! (Ages 5-9)
20 spots left
JOIN OUR FIRST EVER HOMESCHOOL PE CLASS!
Thursday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
1 spot left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 1 (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 7-12)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Thursdays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
1 spot left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Acro 1 (Ages 6-12)
This class is full
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Tumbling 2 (Ages 8+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-4)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-12)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
5:15 PM to 6:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
4 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings! This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Friday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi
LEHI Fridays Side Aerials (Ages 6-10)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Friday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Lehi

Fall 2024 LINDON CLICK HERE!

Name
Days
Location
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
10 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning/Intermediate Jumps & Leaps for Dancers (Ages 7+)
14 spots left
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: 1 Year of Dance Experience, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Right and Left Side Cartwheels. Right and Left Side Floor Roll.

Jumps/ Leaps Learned: Split Leap, Side Leap, Tilt Jump, Toe Touch, Calypso, Firebird, Switch Front Leap, Standing C-Jump, Surprise Leap, Arabesque, Turning Deer Jump, Butterfly, & More!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Cheer Jumps & Flexibility (Ages 9+)
7 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
This class is full
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Partner Stunting Foundations (Ages 7+)
10 spots left
Introducing our new Partner Stunting Foundations Class! Ages 7+ (NO EXPERIENCE REQUIRED)

Athletes will work on Flexibility, Conditioning, Body Positions, Partner Stunting Terminology and MORE!
Perfect for beginners, this class offers a great starting point for those interested in trying out Partner Stunting.

If you're on a waiting list for Beginning Level Partner Stunting, this class is great class to join in the meantime.
It's important to note, this class is geared towards Partner Stunting opposed to Group Stunting.


Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 8+)
2 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
7 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
4 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
4 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
6 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
Lindon Monday Advanced Jumps & Leaps Strengthening (Ages 8+)
17 spots left
COME JUMP WITH US THIS FALL!
Specialty Class Working Jumps & Leaps Strengthening for Dancers!

Prerequisites: Front Walkover, Back Walkover, Side Leap, Split Leap, Tilt Jump.

Skills Taught: Switch Side Leap, 540 Jump, Spinning Disc, Switch Arabesque, Switch Tilt, Spinning C-Jump, Backwards Hook Jump, Knee Drop Jump, Axel Knee Drop, Turning Split Jumps & More!
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
2 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-9)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Parkour 3 (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Join us for Parkour 3!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT PARKOUR SKILLS.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Monday Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Mondays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Monday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Tuesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Acro (Ages 5-9)
4 spots left
**NO PREREQUISITES!**
Our NEW Intro to Acro Class was created so that your athlete can start on their Acro Journey and learn proper skill progressions from the beginning! Our Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & learning All Skills on both sides to help our athletes prepare for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

In our Intro to Acro Class Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Handstand, Headstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Chest stand.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Intro to Tumbling for Boys (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
Join our "Intro to Tumbling for Boys" class and discover the exciting world of tumbling! Designed for boys aged 8 years and older, this class focuses on basic skills like rolls, handstands, cartwheels, and flips, all taught by experienced instructors who prioritize safety and fun.

Boys will boost their strength, coordination, flexibility, and balance while building confidence and enjoying physical activity. Whether enhancing skills for other sports or trying something new, this class is the perfect start.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
7 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Side Aerials (Ages 6-9))
7 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 1 (Ages 6-9)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
This class is full
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Parkour 4/5 (Ages 6+)
10 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT Parkour ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites:
Kong Vault, Dash Vault, Reverse Vault, Plyo, Climb Up, Coffee Grinder, Assisted Back Tuck, Front Flip on the Trampoline.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Acro 2 (Ages 7+)
9 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Tumbling 2 (Ages 10+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Tuesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Tuesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
5 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Side Aerials (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Acro 2 (Ages 6-10)
5 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid One Handed Cartwheel on both sides, Solid Front Limber, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Headstand.

In Acro 2 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Silly Side Back Walkovers, Silly Side Front Walkovers, Valdez, Back Limber, Suicides, Headstand Combos, Chest Stands, Inn Outs, Advanced Elbow Stands, Side Aerials & More!

​

Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-4)
3 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 12+)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 3 (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 8+)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Side Aerials (Ages 8+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Side Aerials!
This is a great class to take alongside Acro 2!

Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel on Right and Left Legs, Solid One Hand Cartwheel.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wendesdays Acro 1 (Ages 6-10)
8 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring!

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT ACRO/TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Solid Straight Leg Kick Over, Solid Handstand, Handstand into Back Bend (No Collapsing), , Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Cartwheel, Chest Stand, Headstand.

In Acro 1 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Elbow Back Bend, Moon Back Bend Timer, 8 Count Back Bend + 8 Count Recover, Silly Side Kick Over, Back Walkover, Front Limber, Front Walkover, Headstands, Chest Stands, Scorpions, 8 Count Cartwheels, 1 Handed Cartwheels on both sides, Side Aerials with a spot off of a mat.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
6 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Acro 3 (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is build upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Side Aerial, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Leg, Straight Leg Tick Tocks on Right and Left Leg, Moon Back Bend to Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Dominant Side Valdez, Headstand Combo (Tripod, Tuck, Straight, Straddle, Straight, Tuck, Tripod), Solid Chest Stand.

In Acro 3 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, Silly Side Back Walkover, Silly Side Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Dominant Side Front Aerial, Advanced Chest Stands, Level 2 Scorpions, Kip Up, Dominant Side Illusion, Front Walkover connected to a Suicide, Rolling Tinsica.

Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Acro 4 (Ages 7+)
10 spots left
The DTA Acro Program is built upon Strength Training, Flexibility & Learning All Skills on both sides to help prepare them for any opportunity the dance world may bring! 

**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Acro 4 Prerequisites: Silly Side Back Walkover, Side Aerial, Standing Back Handspring, Front Aerial with a light spot, Straight Leg Kick Over on Right and Left Legs, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Straight Leg Valdez, Solid Headstand, Solid Chest Stand, Scorpion Hold, Suicide, Kip Up, Headspring.

In Acro 4 Athletes will work on and master the following skills:
Tick Tocks on both sides, One Handed Valdez, Silly Side Front Walkover, Front Aerial Snap Down, Silly Side Aerial, Aerial Twist, Back Handspring (Into Chest Roll, Headstand), Standing Tucks, Rubber Bands, Needles, Acro Canes & More!
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 10+)
7 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Wednesdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 10+)
8 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Wednesday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
8 spots left
Specialty Class CLEANING Standing Back Handsprings! This is a great class to take with Tumbling 3 (as long as your athlete has their Standing Back Handspring unassisted) & Tumbling 3.1!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid & Confident Standing Back Handspring Unassisted
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 3-4)
9 spots left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
3:00 PM to 4:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5)
This class is full
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid (Ages 3-5) Group 2
7 spots left
No Experience Required.
Welcome to our Beginning Tumbling/ Parkour Hybrid class! Athletes will work on mastering the following Tumbling Skills: Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend. They will also get the opportunity to experience ninja elements such as Wall Runs, Vaulting, Precision Jumps and more!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 5-8)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
3 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 6 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED.
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
THIS IS A INVITE ONLY CLASS.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Tumbling 4 (Ages 7-14)
2 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
4:15 PM to 5:15 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Advanced Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
COACH EVALUATION REQUIRED FOR REGISTRATION.
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Previous Stunting Experience & Coach Approval/Placement Required.
(Reach out to DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation today!)

This class is for flyers wanting to improve their partner stunting abilities and potentially prepare for college cheer.

Prerequisites: Flyers will need to be able to hit a full-ups, full-arounds, high to high tick-tocks, and other intermediate skills on three different bases without traveling.

Flyers will continue to master intermediate skills and begin to work the four basic elite level stunts: Rewinds, Front Handspring-ups, Back Handspring-ups, and Hand-in-Hand Pop Throughs.



Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Front & Back Walkovers (Ages 6-12)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Front & Back Walkovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 2 & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Handstand, Strong Straight Leg Kick Over.

If your athlete already has their Front or Back Walkover, they will work on opposite side.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Intro to Tricking (Ages 8+) **NEW FORMAT**
3 spots left
**New Format** Dive into Tricking: Introductory Class!
Welcome to our Intro to Tricking Class!
Athletes both male and female, aged 8 and above, are welcome!

Are you ready to embark on an exhilarating journey into the world of Tricking? This class is tailored for athletes who are new to parkour and/or tumbling movements, offering a structured path to advance to Tricking Level 1. We will focus on progressions that build to back flips, front flips and many other kicks and tricks!

Expect expert instruction, a supportive atmosphere, and plenty of fun as you dive into the exciting world of Tricking!
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Kickover Specialty (Ages 8+)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Kickovers!
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 1!

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Strong/ Controlled Handstand, Straight Leg Cartwheel

Athletes will work on Strength, Flexibility, and Technique needed to master their Kick Over!
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
5 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Tumbling 3.1 (Ages 5-11)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Handstand, Handstand Back Bend, Right & Left Side Cartwheel, Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump), Straight Leg Kick Over, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Strong Proper Form Standing Back Handspring and Strong Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Straight Leg Front Walkover Cartwheel Connection, Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight), Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Tumbling 4 (All Ages)
9 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Prerequisites: Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Front Walkover, Solid Standing Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound), Solid Round Off Double Back Handspring (Legs Together & Straight with a Rebound).

If your athlete has a slow Round Off Double Back Handspring with really bent legs or arm, Tumbling 3.1 will be the place to start them. Tumbling 3.1 helps athletes clean up their form so that they can progress properly in Tumbling 4!

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Front Walkover Round Off Back Handspring, Standing Double Back Handspring, Round Off Tuck, Round Off Back Handspring Back Tuck, Standing Tuck Off a 2" Panel Mat. We also recommend that athletes in Tumbling 4 take a Standing Tuck Specialty Class to help them progress at a faster rate!

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
This class is full
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 1 (Ages 5-7)
8 spots left
Join us in Parkour 1!

No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Parkour 2 (Ages 6+)
6 spots left
Join us in Parkour 2!

Firm Prerequisites:
Back Bend (From Layout Position), Cartwheel (Landing in a lunge), Wall Assisted Handstand (Only heels on the wall), Backward Roll (Landing on feet), Parkour Roll (Drop Roll off at least shoulder height), Precision Jump (Body length), Safety Vault (Both Sides), Turn Vault (One side), Wall Run (One step).

In this class athletes will get to experience, master and pass off the following:
Cat Grab (to flat wall), Tic Tac (off of flat wall), Speed Vault, Lazy Vault, 360 Vault, Strides, Dive Roll (jumps up and over not just forward), Controlled Handstand (on the floor, no assist, no falling), Macaco.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.





Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Partner Stunting Foundations (Ages 7+)
11 spots left
Introducing our new Partner Stunting Foundations Class! Ages 7+ (NO EXPERIENCE REQUIRED)

Athletes will work on Flexibility, Conditioning, Body Positions, Partner Stunting Terminology and MORE!
Perfect for beginners, this class offers a great starting point for those interested in trying out Partner Stunting.

If you're on a waiting list for Beginning Level Partner Stunting, this class is great class to join in the meantime.
It's important to note, this class is geared towards Partner Stunting opposed to Group Stunting.


Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 1 (Ages 7-11)
1 spot left
No Experience Required.
In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into Back Bend, Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 2 (Ages 5-11)
4 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites:
Handstand, Cartwheel, Forward Roll, Backward Roll, Handstand into a Back Bend (without collapsing), Standing Back Bend, Straight Leg Kick Over.

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Opposite Side Cartwheel, Round Off with a Solid Rebound (Preparatory to Round Off Back Handspring), Back Walkover, Split Handstand Landing in a Back Bend with one foot in the air (Front Walkover Progression), Straight Leg Front Walkover with a light spot, Proper Form Standing Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form and consistency you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Tumbling 5 (All Ages) EVALUATION REQUIRED
EVALUATION REQUIRED. Please email DTATumbling@gmail.com to schedule an evaluation.

Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thusday Tumbling 3 (Ages 10+)
5 spots left
**Athletes must register based on their CURRENT TUMBLING ABILITY.** If they advance before Fall 2024, contact our DTA Support Team to adjust class choices. For skill evaluations, email DTATumbling@gmail.com.

Firm Prerequisites: Standing Back Bend, Good Side Straight Leg Kick Over, Opposite Side Cartwheel, Straight Leg Back Walkover, Straight Leg Proper Form Front Walkover with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Back Handspring with a light spot, Solid Proper Form Round Off with a Rebound (not a jump) .

In this class athletes will master and pass off all of the skills listed below with proper form.
Backward Roll to Push Up Position, Front Walkover, Standing Back Handspring, Proper Form Round Off Back Handspring with a light spot.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.


Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:45 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Adult Parkour (Ages 16+)
15 spots left
JOIN US FOR ADULT PARKOUR! NO PREREQUISITES!
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Beginning Level Partner Stunting (Ages 7+)
1 spot left
This class is charged separately from normal tumbling tuition and is $95 monthly.

Prerequisites: Previous Stunting Experience Preferred. Athletes should feel comfortable doing box jumps.

This class is for flyers wanting to learn to Partner Stunt.
Flyers will learn and practice basics stunting mounts, body positions, and dismounts. Body positions include extensions, left/ right liberty, and target/cupie.

Once your athlete has passed off all of the skills above with proper form you will receive a "Moving Up" email and our support staff will help you adjust your classes.




Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Cheer Jumps & Flexibility (Ages 9+)
5 spots left
Elevate Your Jumps! Cheer Jump Mastery Classes are Here!

Perfect your jumps with precision and power in our Cheer Jump Mastery Class. Led by experienced instructors, this dynamic class will focus on strength, technique, height, and execution to help you achieve personal excellence in your jumps.

Prerequisites: No Experience Required.
Cheer Shoes not required, but suggested. (Can order on Amazon)
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursday Standing Tucks (Ages 7+)
6 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Tucks! (Ages 7+)
This is a great class to take alongside Tumbling 3.1 & Tumbling 4!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover, Solid/ Safe/ Strong Standing Back Handspring
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon
LINDON Thursdays Learning Standing Back Handsprings (Ages 6+)
9 spots left
Specialty Class Working Standing Back Handsprings! This class is best suited for athletes that CAN NOT do a Standing Back Handspring Unassisted. Additionally, this is a great class to take with Tumbling 2 (as long as your athlete has their Back Walkover) & Tumbling 3!

Firm Prerequisites: Solid Handstand, Solid Cartwheel, Solid Straight Leg Back Walkover
Thursday
8:00 PM to 9:00 PM
Lindon